Slide 1

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 2

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 3

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 4

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 5

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 6

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 7

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 8

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 9

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 10

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 11

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 12

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 13

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 14

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 15

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 16

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 17

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 18

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 19

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 20

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 21

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 22

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 23

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 24

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 25

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 26

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 27

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 28

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 29

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 30

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 31

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 32

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 33

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 34

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 35

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 36

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 37

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video


Slide 38

Welcome to

2008

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

COME ON IN…
•Go to computer with your nametag
•Complete precourse survey
•Open iMove HD tutorial on course website
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
So who is my instructor and why is he teaching this course?

Jeff Beard
•BA Business Administration, MS Instructional Technology
•Begin PhD program fall 2008
•Married with three kids; ages 10, 14, and 16 (boy, girl, girl)
•Enjoy cycling and running
•Have been learning application of multimedia in instruction last 2 years
•Making movies
•Developing web sites
•Developing interactive learning modules
•Passionate about multimedia and enjoy helping others learn

Me on “the Dragon”

Justin

Jewel

Jordan

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Student Pick Up After Class Each Day
We will meet parents outside for pick up when class is finished each day.
You will come directly to the classroom in the mornings.

Pick up here
We are here

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
Course Policies
Class Attendance/Participation
It is essential that the student be on time so that they get the full benefit of the course and do not
distract others. This is a fast paced course and you will get behind. Your participation and effort
will determine how much you gain from this course.
Conduct in classroom
•NO food or drinks are allowed in the lab.
•Listen when the instructor is talking.
•Be respectful of others.
•NO foul language or inappropriate comments to the instructor or other students will be tolerated.
•NO MySpace or Facebook. Internet access is for class purposes. No surfing!
Cell Phones and Pagers
•It is preferred that you leave cell phones at home to prevent the temptation to text or receive calls.
However, it is understood that parents may wish for their children to have phones for emergencies
or to communicate essential information.
•Therefore, if you bring a cell phone or pager please set on “silent or vibrate”. If your
phone becomes a distraction (ringing or being used for talking or texting) then it will be collected
and returned at the end of the day.
•If you have a special request or need to use at a break, please communicate to the instructor.
Restroom Breaks as needed, but we will take “official” breaks periodically.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Course Overview
This course will teach you how to prepare for making a movie,
collect digital video, upload digital video to a computer, edit the video
and audio, and then produce a final movie.

Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
•Prepare for and make a movie using good movie making techniques
•Demonstrate understanding of the development process for making movies
•Apply knowledge of basic storyboarding to prepare for a movie
•Use a video camera to capture video
•Upload digital video to a computer
•Apply knowledge of iMovie as a video editing and movie making software
•Apply knowledge of GarageBand and/or Audacity to edit audio
•Export a movie and burn to a disc

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Assignment Description
Movie Project (3 minutes or less)
You will pick a topic of your choosing You will learn how to prepare and develop the movie in
class, but will need to make the video outside of class. This will allow you to have more options
and will allow for class time to be dedicated to editing and producing. The digital video (or can
be digital photos) will be edited in class and then exported to movie format and burned to a CD.
There will be a “feature film festival” at the end of the course and we will view the movies on a
big screen. Parents or guardians are welcome to attend the viewing, but NO other children as
space is limited.
Movie and Audio Editing Practice Project (1 minute or less)
You will use provided video and audio clips to use as we learn editing techniques. You will create
a practice movie using the provided clips. You will export and burn this movie to a CD. This will
provide movie making practice and will result in a completed movie. Thus you will have two
complete short movies when the course is complete.

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Let’s Get Started! (Monday)
•Watch iMovie tutorial
•Open iMovie together
•Drag images
•Cover transitions, titles, special effects, etc
•Show examples
•Start playing
•TAKE A BREAK
•Make sure everyone knows how to eject thumb drive on Mac
•Share videos and discoveries (if we run out of time we will show tomorrow)

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and work on it
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tuesday:
•Go over survey information (general)
•Any video that someone wants to share? Or wait until add audio
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about adding audio to a movie
•And editing in iMovie

•We will share finished train movies
•We will discuss storyboarding and preparing to make a movie
•You will give me at least one page with your project idea and title
•If time, we will briefly discuss Audacity
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break

NOTICE:
BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the term for the basic camera move from side to side?

What is the term for the basic camera move up and down?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

If I use the “cut” function which part will be missing?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

What about this?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Tomorrow (Wednesday):
•BRING CAMERA and ALL NEEDED CABLES AND supporting equipment
On Wednesday (TOMORROW).
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Welcome to

2008

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video
July 14, 2008 – July 18, 2008
9:00 AM to Noon
UT Bailey Education Complex (BEC), Room 117
Instructor: Jeff Beard ([email protected])

Welcome back…
•Go to computer you used yesterday
•You may open your train project and finish it
•Upload any music you brought to the desktop
•Think about “How do I make a Movie?”

Course website: http://web.utk.edu/~jbeard8/KidsU

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Wednesday:
•Any video that someone wants to share?
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will learn about Audacity and GarageBand for audio editing
•Maybe a video “field trip” (if needed or use project video)
•We will connect cameras and upload video
•Experiment and practice with what has been learned so far
•If time and ready can work on project.
•Remember: A good idea to make “short clips” (easier to edit)
•iMovie recognizes each time your stop as a scene break
•Remember: GOOD video techniques (composition and movement).

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is the first step when planning to make a movie?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What is this line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

What does this mean?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Can we use these
Songs in the movie?

How do we get them
Into the time line?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

How do we correctly a USB
thumb drive ?

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Introduction to Digital Video
By Dr. Ed Counts

http://web.utk.edu/~ecounts1/dvbasics.swf

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

SO…Question to ponder…

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

GarageBand:
•Open GarageBand

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Audacity:
•Open Audacity

Mac

Windows

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Thursday:
•Review “How to Make a Movie?” with treats for answers
•We will upload your project video to the computer
•Edit your personal video
•Edit your personal audio
•BE PATIENT…”technology happens”…sometimes there are issues,
but we will solve them
•Let us know if you need help…
•There WILL be time to finalize things in the morning…the lab opens at
8am
•Tomorrow is our MOVIE PREMIER…bring your parents and
grandparents

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Friday:
•Finish project (we will work on until 10:30 am):
•Make a “punch list” of what you need to do
•Edit Movie (LET ME KNOW NOW IF you still have NO video)
•Add audio
•Export (you can export to a jump drive…CD-R is your option)
•Etc
•Let ME know what you need help on so we can prioritize and help
you finish
•IF you do NOT finish…you can present you train video or choose
not to, but it would be nice to present something.
•WHEN COMPLETE:
•Bring final product to me (make sure that it is in CD compressed format)
•Transfer to desk top on presentation computer
•VERIFY that it will open
•Then do COURSE EVALUATIONS (paper and electronic)

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Uploading

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Determine Subject

Editing

Storyboard

Uploading
Determine Location
Audio
Capture Video
or
Digital Photos

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

There are technical considerations

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video

Make Your Own Movie: Filming and Editing Digital Video